1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
210 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
212 /* This just does initialization. */
213 /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
214 elf_tdata (abfd
) = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
215 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) == 0)
217 /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
224 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
226 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
227 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
231 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
233 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
234 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
236 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
238 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
239 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
242 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
243 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
245 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
246 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
247 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
249 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
250 in case the string table is not terminated. */
251 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
252 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
253 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
255 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
257 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
262 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
263 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
265 return (char *) shstrtab
;
269 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
270 unsigned int shindex
,
271 unsigned int strindex
)
273 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
278 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
280 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
281 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
284 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
286 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
287 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
288 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
289 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
290 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
292 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
296 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
299 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
300 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
301 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
302 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
303 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
306 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
307 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
310 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
312 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
316 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
317 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
318 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
319 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
320 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
321 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
329 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
331 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
332 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
334 /* Read the symbols. */
336 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
337 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
338 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
339 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
340 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
341 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
343 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
344 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
346 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
347 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
348 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
354 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
358 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
359 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
360 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
362 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
363 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
364 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
366 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
367 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
368 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
375 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
377 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
378 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
382 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
383 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
384 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
386 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
387 (*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
);
390 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
392 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
393 free (alloc_extshndx
);
398 /* Look up a symbol name. */
400 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
401 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
406 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
407 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
409 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
410 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
411 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
412 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
414 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
415 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
418 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
421 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
422 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
427 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
428 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
431 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
432 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
434 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
436 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
437 signature just a string? */
440 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
442 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
443 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
444 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
445 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
447 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
448 that it is a symbol table section. */
449 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
450 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
451 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
454 /* Go read the symbol. */
455 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
456 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
457 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
460 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
463 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
466 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
468 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
470 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
471 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
474 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
476 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
477 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
478 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
480 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
482 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
483 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
489 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
494 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
495 so we can find them quickly. */
498 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
499 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
500 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
501 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
505 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
508 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
511 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
513 /* Add to list of sections. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
517 /* Read the raw contents. */
518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
519 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
520 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
522 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
523 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
524 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
528 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
529 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
530 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
532 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
533 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
540 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
541 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
544 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
545 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
546 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
551 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
552 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
555 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
562 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
566 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
569 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
570 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
572 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
573 section is a member. */
575 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
579 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
580 other members to see if any others are linked via
582 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
583 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
585 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
586 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
590 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
591 insert current section in circular list. */
592 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
593 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
594 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
600 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
603 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
605 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
606 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
609 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
611 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
612 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
620 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
622 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
629 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
632 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
633 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
636 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
637 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
639 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
640 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
642 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
643 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
644 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
645 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
649 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
650 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
651 bed
->link_order_error_handler
652 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
659 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
662 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
663 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
664 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
667 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
668 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
669 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
673 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
678 /* Process section groups. */
679 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
682 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
684 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
685 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
686 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
689 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
690 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
691 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
692 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
693 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
694 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
695 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
696 relocation sections are in section group in input object
698 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
701 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
702 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
703 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
705 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
706 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
707 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
710 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
718 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
720 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
723 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
724 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
727 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
728 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
736 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
738 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
739 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
743 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
747 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
748 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
749 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
751 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
752 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
753 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
755 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
757 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
758 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
759 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
760 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
763 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
764 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
765 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
766 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
767 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
768 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
771 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
774 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
775 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
776 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
778 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
780 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
783 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
784 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
785 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
787 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
788 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
790 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
791 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
793 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
795 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
796 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
801 } debug_sections
[] =
803 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
804 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
805 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
806 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
807 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
808 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
809 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
810 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
811 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
812 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
813 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
814 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
815 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
816 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
817 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
818 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
823 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
825 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
826 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
827 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
828 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
829 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
833 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
834 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
835 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
836 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
837 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
838 all but one of the sections. */
839 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
840 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
841 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
843 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
844 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
845 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
848 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
851 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
853 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
856 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
857 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
858 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
859 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
860 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
862 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
865 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
867 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
868 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
870 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
871 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
872 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
873 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
875 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
876 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
877 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
878 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
879 place special significance on the address 0 and
880 executables need to be able to have a segment which
881 covers this address. */
882 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
883 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
884 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
885 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
886 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
887 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
888 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
890 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
891 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
892 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
894 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
895 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
896 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
897 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
898 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
899 segment will contain sections with contiguous
900 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
901 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
902 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
904 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
905 offsets whether a section with zero size should
906 be placed at the end of one segment or the
907 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
908 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
909 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
910 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
925 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
928 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
929 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
930 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
931 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
932 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
935 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
936 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
938 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
943 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
946 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
947 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
948 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
950 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
951 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
952 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
959 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
960 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
961 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
962 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
965 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
966 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
967 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
968 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
969 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
970 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
971 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
972 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
973 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
975 bfd_reloc_status_type
976 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
977 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
979 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
980 asection
*input_section
,
982 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
984 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
985 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
986 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
987 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
989 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
993 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
996 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
999 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1002 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1003 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1006 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1009 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1014 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1017 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1018 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1019 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1020 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1021 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1023 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1025 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1026 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1027 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1028 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1030 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1031 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1034 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1035 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1036 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1041 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1043 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1044 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1045 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1048 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1051 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1055 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1057 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1058 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1061 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1062 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1063 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1065 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1066 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1067 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1072 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1077 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1078 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1079 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1080 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1081 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1082 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1083 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1084 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1085 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1086 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1087 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1088 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1093 /* Print out the program headers. */
1096 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1099 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1101 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1103 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1108 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1109 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1110 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1112 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1117 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1120 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1121 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1122 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1123 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1124 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1125 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1126 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1127 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1128 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1129 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1130 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1131 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1132 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1133 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1134 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1135 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1136 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1141 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1145 unsigned long shlink
;
1146 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1148 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1150 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1152 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1155 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1158 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1160 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1161 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1164 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1165 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1167 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1170 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1172 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1174 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1181 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1185 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1186 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1187 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1188 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1189 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1190 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1191 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1192 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1193 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1194 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1195 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1196 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1197 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1198 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1199 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1200 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1201 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1202 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1204 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1205 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1206 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1207 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1208 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1209 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1210 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1211 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1212 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1213 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1214 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1215 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1216 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1217 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1218 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1220 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1221 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1222 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1223 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1224 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1225 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1226 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1227 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1228 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1229 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1230 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1231 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1232 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1233 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1234 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1235 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1236 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1237 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1238 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1239 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1240 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1241 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1244 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1246 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1250 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1252 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1255 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1264 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1265 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1267 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1271 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1273 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1275 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1276 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1278 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1279 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1280 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1281 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1283 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1286 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1290 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1296 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1298 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1300 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1301 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1303 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1305 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1306 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1307 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1308 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1309 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1310 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1322 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1325 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1328 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1333 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1334 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1336 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1337 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1338 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1339 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1341 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1343 const char *section_name
;
1344 const char *name
= NULL
;
1345 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1346 unsigned char st_other
;
1349 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1351 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1352 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1353 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1357 name
= symbol
->name
;
1358 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1361 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1362 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1363 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1364 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1365 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1366 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1367 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1369 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1370 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1372 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1373 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1374 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1375 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1377 unsigned int vernum
;
1378 const char *version_string
;
1380 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1383 version_string
= "";
1384 else if (vernum
== 1)
1385 version_string
= "Base";
1386 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1388 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1391 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1393 version_string
= "";
1394 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1398 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1400 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1402 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1404 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1411 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1412 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1417 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1418 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1423 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1424 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1429 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1430 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1431 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1433 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1435 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1438 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1444 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1446 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1447 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1448 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1451 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1455 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1460 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1461 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1464 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1465 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1467 /* Set local fields. */
1470 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1471 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1472 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1473 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1474 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1475 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1476 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1477 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1484 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1485 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1488 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1489 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1490 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1492 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1494 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1495 symbol which just became indirect. */
1497 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1498 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1499 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1500 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1501 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1502 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1504 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1507 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1508 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1509 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1510 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1512 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1513 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1514 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1515 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1518 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1520 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1521 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1522 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1523 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1526 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1528 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1529 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1530 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1531 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1533 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1538 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1540 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1542 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1546 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1547 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1550 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1556 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1559 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1560 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1562 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1563 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1565 unsigned int entsize
)
1568 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1570 table
->dynamic_sections_created
= FALSE
;
1571 table
->dynobj
= NULL
;
1572 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1573 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1574 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1575 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1576 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1577 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1578 table
->dynstr
= NULL
;
1579 table
->bucketcount
= 0;
1580 table
->needed
= NULL
;
1582 table
->merge_info
= NULL
;
1583 memset (&table
->stab_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->stab_info
));
1584 memset (&table
->eh_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->eh_info
));
1585 table
->dynlocal
= NULL
;
1586 table
->runpath
= NULL
;
1587 table
->tls_sec
= NULL
;
1588 table
->tls_size
= 0;
1589 table
->loaded
= NULL
;
1590 table
->is_relocatable_executable
= FALSE
;
1592 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1593 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1598 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1600 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1601 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1603 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1604 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1606 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1610 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1611 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1620 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1621 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1622 entry for a dynamic object. */
1625 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1627 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1628 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1629 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1633 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1636 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1637 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1638 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1645 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, int lib_class
)
1647 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1648 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1649 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1652 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1653 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1655 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1656 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1657 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1659 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1661 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1664 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1665 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1667 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1668 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1669 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1671 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1673 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1676 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1677 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1678 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1681 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1683 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1684 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1685 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1689 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1690 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1693 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1694 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1697 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1699 unsigned long shlink
;
1700 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1702 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1706 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1707 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1710 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1711 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1714 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1717 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1721 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1723 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1724 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1727 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1728 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1730 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1732 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1734 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1737 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1740 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1741 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1744 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1749 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1770 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1772 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1773 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1775 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1777 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1782 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1783 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1784 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1786 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1793 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1795 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1798 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1800 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1801 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1802 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1805 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1806 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1811 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1814 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1817 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1818 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1819 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1820 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1821 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1822 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1823 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1824 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1825 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1827 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1828 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1830 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1831 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1833 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1837 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1838 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1839 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1840 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1842 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1843 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1847 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1849 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1850 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1852 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1853 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1855 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1863 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1864 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1867 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1869 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1870 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1871 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1872 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1873 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1875 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1876 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1877 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1878 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1879 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1881 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1882 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1883 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1887 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1888 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1889 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1890 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1892 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1894 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1895 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1897 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1898 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1899 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1903 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1905 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1906 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1907 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1911 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1915 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1916 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1919 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1921 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1922 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1923 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1924 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1925 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1927 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1928 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1929 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1931 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1932 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1935 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1936 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1937 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1938 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1941 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1942 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1944 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1946 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1947 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1950 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1953 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1954 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1957 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1960 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1961 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1962 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1963 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1965 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1969 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1970 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1971 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1972 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1974 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1976 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1977 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1979 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1980 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1982 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1985 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1987 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1989 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1990 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1994 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1998 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2000 asection
*target_sect
;
2001 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2002 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2005 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2006 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2009 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2010 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2011 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2013 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2014 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2015 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2016 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2020 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2021 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2022 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2023 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2024 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2025 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2026 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2027 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2028 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2034 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2036 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2037 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2048 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2051 /* Get the symbol table. */
2052 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2053 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2054 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2057 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2058 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2059 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2060 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2061 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2062 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2063 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2064 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2065 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2066 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2067 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2068 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2069 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2072 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2074 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2075 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2078 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2079 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2080 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2084 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2085 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2086 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2087 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2090 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2091 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2092 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2093 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2094 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2095 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2096 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2097 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2098 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2099 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2104 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2105 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2106 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2107 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2110 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2111 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2113 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2114 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2115 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2118 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2119 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2120 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2121 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2128 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2129 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2131 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2133 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2136 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2138 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2140 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2141 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2144 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2145 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2146 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2148 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2150 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2151 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2152 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2154 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2161 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2162 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2165 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2167 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2168 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2169 for applications? */
2170 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2171 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2172 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2173 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2175 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2176 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2179 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2180 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2181 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2182 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2183 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2185 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2186 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2187 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2188 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2189 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2191 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2193 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2194 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2195 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2196 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2204 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2205 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2208 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2209 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2211 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2213 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2214 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2215 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2216 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2217 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2219 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2220 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2222 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2223 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2224 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2227 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2229 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2232 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2233 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2234 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2235 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2238 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2240 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2242 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2245 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2249 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2251 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2253 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2256 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2258 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2259 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2262 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2264 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2265 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2268 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2270 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2271 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2272 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2273 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2274 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2275 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2276 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2277 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2278 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2279 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2280 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2283 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2285 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2286 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2287 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2290 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2292 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2293 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2294 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2295 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2296 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2297 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2298 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2299 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2302 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2304 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2305 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2308 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2310 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2311 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2312 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2313 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2316 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2318 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2319 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2322 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2324 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2325 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2326 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2329 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2331 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2332 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2333 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2336 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2338 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2339 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2340 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2341 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2342 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2345 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2347 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2348 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2349 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2350 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2351 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2354 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2356 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2357 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2358 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2359 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2362 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2364 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2365 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2366 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2368 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2369 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2370 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2371 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2374 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2376 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2378 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2380 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2381 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2382 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2385 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2386 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2387 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2393 len
= strlen (name
);
2395 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2398 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2400 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2402 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2405 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2406 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2408 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2410 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2412 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2413 && (suffix_len
== -2
2414 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2420 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2422 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2423 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2433 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2434 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2437 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2438 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2440 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2441 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2444 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2445 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2448 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2449 bed
->special_sections
,
2455 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2458 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2459 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2462 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2467 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2471 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2473 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2474 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2475 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2477 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2480 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2483 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2486 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2487 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2488 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2490 /* When we read a file, we don't need section type and flags unless
2491 it is a linker created section. They will be overridden in
2492 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr anyway. */
2493 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2494 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2496 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2499 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2500 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2507 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2509 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2510 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2511 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2512 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2514 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2515 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2516 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2517 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2518 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2519 of combined data+bss.
2521 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2522 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2523 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2524 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2525 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2530 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2531 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2533 const char *typename
)
2541 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2542 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2543 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2544 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2545 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2546 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2549 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2550 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2551 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2553 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2554 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2555 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2556 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2557 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2558 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2559 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2561 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2562 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2563 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2565 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2567 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2570 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2572 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2577 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2578 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2579 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2582 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2583 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2584 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2586 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2587 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2588 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2589 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2591 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2592 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2593 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2595 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2596 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2603 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2605 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2607 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2610 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2613 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2616 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2619 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2622 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2624 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2629 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2632 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2634 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2635 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2639 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2642 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2645 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2646 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2647 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2651 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2652 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2653 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2656 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2657 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2659 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2662 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2663 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2665 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2668 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2670 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2672 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2674 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2675 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2676 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2677 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2678 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2679 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2680 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2681 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2682 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2687 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2690 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2692 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2693 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2694 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2698 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2703 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2705 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2706 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2707 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2713 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2715 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2716 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2717 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2719 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2721 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2722 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2723 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2724 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2725 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2726 copy_private_section_data. */
2728 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2729 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2731 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2733 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2735 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2736 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2737 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2738 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2739 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2740 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2742 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2745 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2751 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2752 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2753 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2760 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2764 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2768 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2772 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2773 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2777 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2778 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2781 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2782 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2785 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2786 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2787 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2788 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2790 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2791 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2793 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2794 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2797 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2798 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2799 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2800 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2802 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2803 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2805 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2806 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2810 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2814 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2815 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2816 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2817 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2818 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2819 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2820 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2822 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2823 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2824 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2825 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2827 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2828 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2829 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2831 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2832 if (asect
->size
== 0
2833 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2835 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2837 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2840 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2841 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2842 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2847 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2848 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2849 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2852 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2853 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2854 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2855 create the other. */
2856 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2857 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2858 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2864 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2867 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2869 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2870 unsigned long symindx
;
2871 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2875 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2877 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2882 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2883 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2887 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2888 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2889 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2890 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2892 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2894 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2896 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2898 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2901 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2903 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2904 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2905 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2912 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2914 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2915 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2916 start of the input section group. */
2917 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2919 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2920 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2921 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2922 directives, not that it matters. */
2931 s
= s
->output_section
;
2934 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2935 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2936 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2941 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2944 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2947 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2948 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2949 in here too, while we're at it. */
2952 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2954 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2956 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2957 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2958 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2962 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2964 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2965 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2967 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2968 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2970 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2972 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2974 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2976 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2977 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2978 abfd
->section_count
--;
2982 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2983 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2984 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2990 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2992 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2994 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2996 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2997 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2998 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3000 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3001 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3005 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3006 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3007 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3008 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3013 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3014 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3015 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3016 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3022 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3023 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3024 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3025 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3026 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3028 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3030 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3031 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3032 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3033 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3034 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3036 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3037 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3038 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3039 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3040 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3041 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3042 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3045 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3046 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3047 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3048 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3051 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3052 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3054 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3055 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3056 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3057 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3059 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3061 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3062 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3065 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3066 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3068 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3072 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3074 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3075 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3077 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3078 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3080 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3081 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3083 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3084 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3087 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3089 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3093 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3094 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3095 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3096 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3097 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3099 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3101 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3102 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3103 the relocation entries apply. */
3104 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3106 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3107 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3109 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3111 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3112 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3115 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3116 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3118 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3121 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3122 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3124 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3125 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3128 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3129 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3130 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3132 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3133 size as the discarded one. */
3134 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
);
3137 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3143 s
= s
->output_section
;
3144 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3148 /* Handle objcopy. */
3149 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3151 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3152 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3153 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3154 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3157 s
= s
->output_section
;
3159 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3164 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3165 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3166 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3168 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3169 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3170 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3171 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3172 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3177 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3181 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3182 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3183 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3184 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3185 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3186 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3187 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3189 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3191 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3193 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3197 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3199 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3203 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3204 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3205 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3206 field to point to this section. */
3207 if (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3208 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3213 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3214 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3217 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3218 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3219 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3223 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3225 /* This is a .stab section. */
3226 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3227 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3228 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3235 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3236 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3237 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3238 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3240 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3242 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3245 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3246 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3248 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3250 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3251 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3253 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3257 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3258 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3259 this hash table or version table is for. */
3260 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3262 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3266 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3270 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3271 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3272 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3274 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3275 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3279 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3280 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3283 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3285 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3286 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3287 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3288 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3290 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3291 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3292 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3296 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3298 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3299 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3300 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3301 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3302 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3303 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3304 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3311 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3315 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3317 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3318 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3322 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3323 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3325 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3326 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3328 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3329 decided to output. */
3330 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3332 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3334 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3341 if (sec
->owner
!= NULL
)
3343 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3345 if (sec
->output_offset
!= 0)
3348 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3350 /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a
3351 section symbol created for them. (See the comment
3352 near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in
3353 linker.c). If the linker script discards such
3354 sections then we will reach this point. Since we know
3355 that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip
3356 the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
3357 To reproduce this particular case try running the
3358 linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF
3359 port that uses the generic linker. */
3360 if (sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3363 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->owner
== abfd
);
3365 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3370 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3371 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3373 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3379 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal
3380 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3381 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3382 at least in that case. */
3383 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3385 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3387 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3394 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3395 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3397 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3400 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3402 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3405 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3408 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3410 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3412 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3414 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3416 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3419 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3420 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3423 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3425 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3429 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3431 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3432 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3436 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3437 ELF data structure. */
3439 static inline file_ptr
3440 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3442 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3445 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3446 required section alignment. */
3449 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3457 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3459 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3461 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3462 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3463 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3464 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3465 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3469 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3470 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3471 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3474 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3475 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3477 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3479 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3480 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3482 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3485 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3486 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3487 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3489 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3492 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3493 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3494 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3497 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3501 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3504 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3505 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3507 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3508 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3510 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3514 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3516 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3521 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3522 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3523 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3524 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3525 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3526 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3527 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3528 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3529 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3530 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3531 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3533 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3536 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3539 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3541 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3543 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3544 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3546 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3547 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3548 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3550 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3551 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3553 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3555 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3557 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3558 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3560 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3563 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3568 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3570 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3571 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3572 asection
**sections
,
3577 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3582 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3583 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3584 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3588 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3589 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3590 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3591 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3593 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3595 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3596 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3597 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3603 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3606 struct elf_segment_map
*
3607 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3609 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3611 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3615 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3617 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3622 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3625 map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
)
3627 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3631 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3632 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3633 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3636 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3637 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3639 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3640 bfd_boolean writable
;
3642 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3643 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3646 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
!= NULL
)
3649 if (bfd_count_sections (abfd
) == 0)
3652 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3654 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3655 if (sections
== NULL
)
3659 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3661 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3667 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3670 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3672 /* Build the mapping. */
3677 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3678 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3680 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3681 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3683 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3684 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3688 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3689 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3690 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3691 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3692 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3697 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3698 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3702 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3710 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3711 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3712 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3716 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->maxpagesize
;
3718 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3720 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3723 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3724 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3725 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3726 program headers we will need. */
3729 bfd_size_type phdr_size
;
3731 phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3733 phdr_size
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3734 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3735 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3736 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3737 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3740 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3743 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3747 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3750 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3752 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3753 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3754 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3756 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3758 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3759 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3763 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3764 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3766 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3767 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3770 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3771 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3773 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3774 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3775 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3778 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3780 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3781 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3782 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3783 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3786 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3787 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3788 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3789 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3791 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3792 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3793 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3794 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3795 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3796 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3797 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3802 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3803 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3808 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3811 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3812 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3813 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3819 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3820 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3822 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3829 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3835 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3836 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3837 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3841 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3844 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3845 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
3847 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3855 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3858 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
3865 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
3866 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
3867 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
3868 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
3869 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
3870 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3872 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3873 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
3875 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3876 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3880 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
3887 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3895 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3900 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3901 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3902 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3907 m
->count
= tls_count
;
3908 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3910 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3911 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
3913 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
3914 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
3915 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
3922 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3924 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
3925 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
3926 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3928 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3929 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3933 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
3935 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
3941 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3943 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3944 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3948 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
3949 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
3950 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3956 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3958 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3959 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3963 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
3965 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3974 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
3978 if (sections
!= NULL
)
3983 /* Sort sections by address. */
3986 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3988 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
3989 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
3990 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
3992 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3993 place the section into a segment. */
3994 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
3996 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
3999 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4000 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4001 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4003 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4006 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4008 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4014 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4015 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4016 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4017 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4022 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4027 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4028 before others at the same address. */
4030 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4031 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4038 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4041 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4043 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4044 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4045 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4046 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4047 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4050 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4051 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4053 /* In other words, something like:
4055 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4056 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4057 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4058 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4060 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4062 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4065 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4067 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4071 print_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
)
4073 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4076 fprintf (stderr
, _(" Section to Segment mapping:\n"));
4077 fprintf (stderr
, _(" Segment Sections...\n"));
4079 for (i
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
4083 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4088 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4089 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4090 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4091 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4092 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4093 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4095 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4096 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4099 fprintf (stderr
, " %2.2d: %14.14s: ", i
, pt
);
4100 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4101 fprintf (stderr
, "%s ", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4106 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4107 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4108 the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
4111 assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4113 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4115 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4117 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4119 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4120 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4121 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4122 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4123 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4125 unsigned int num_sec
;
4127 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
)
4129 if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd
))
4134 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4135 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4136 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4138 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
4142 unsigned int new_count
;
4145 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4147 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4148 && ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4149 || m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4152 m
->sections
[new_count
] = m
->sections
[i
];
4158 if (new_count
!= m
->count
)
4159 m
->count
= new_count
;
4163 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
)
4165 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4170 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4173 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4174 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4175 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= count
;
4179 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4183 /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
4184 that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
4185 is used in a linker script. */
4186 alloc
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4187 if (alloc
!= 0 && count
> alloc
)
4189 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4190 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
4191 abfd
, alloc
, count
));
4192 print_segment_map (abfd
);
4193 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4200 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4204 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4205 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4212 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4218 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4219 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4220 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4221 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4222 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4224 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4225 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4226 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4229 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4230 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4231 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4232 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4233 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4234 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4235 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4237 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4238 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4240 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4243 bfd_size_type align
;
4245 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4247 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4249 unsigned int secalign
;
4251 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4252 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4253 align_power
= secalign
;
4255 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4257 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && bed
->maxpagesize
> align
)
4258 align
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4260 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4263 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4264 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4265 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4267 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4268 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4269 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4270 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4271 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4272 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4274 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4276 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4280 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4286 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4287 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4288 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4290 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4293 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4295 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4302 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4304 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4305 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4306 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4309 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4311 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4312 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4313 p
->p_align
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4314 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4315 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4323 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4325 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4328 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4329 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4332 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4334 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4336 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4337 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4339 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4344 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4347 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4349 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4350 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4354 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4356 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4359 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4361 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4363 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4364 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4369 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4373 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4374 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4375 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4376 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4379 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4381 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4382 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4385 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4388 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4389 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4392 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4393 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4395 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4396 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4401 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4402 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4403 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4407 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4411 bfd_size_type align
;
4415 align
= 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4417 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4418 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4420 bfd_signed_vma adjust
;
4422 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4424 adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4427 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4428 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4429 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4433 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4434 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4436 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4438 else if ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4439 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4441 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4442 modulo the page size. */
4443 bfd_size_type page
= align
;
4444 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && bed
->maxpagesize
> page
)
4445 page
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4446 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (sec
->vma
,
4447 p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
,
4449 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4453 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4455 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4461 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4467 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4476 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4479 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4480 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4481 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4482 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4483 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4484 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4485 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4486 people do this. The data statement results in a
4487 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4488 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4489 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4490 section with contents to the output. Make room
4491 here for the write, so that following segments are
4493 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4494 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4498 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4500 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4501 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4503 /* PR ld/594: Sections in note segments which are not loaded
4504 contribute to the file size but not the in-memory size. */
4505 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
4506 && (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4507 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4509 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4511 else if ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4512 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4513 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4515 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4517 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4519 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4521 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4524 if (align
> p
->p_align
4525 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4529 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4532 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4534 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4540 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4541 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4542 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4543 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4545 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4546 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4549 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4550 && hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0)
4551 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4552 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4554 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4555 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4557 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4559 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4560 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4561 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4564 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4566 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4569 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4570 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4571 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4572 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4573 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4574 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4576 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4578 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4580 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4581 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4585 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4586 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4587 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4591 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
> 0)
4593 BFD_ASSERT (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
);
4594 /* If the section has not yet been assigned a file position,
4595 do so now. The ARM BPABI requires that .dynamic section
4596 not be marked SEC_ALLOC because it is not part of any
4597 PT_LOAD segment, so it will not be processed above. */
4598 if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
&& m
->sections
[0]->filepos
== 0)
4600 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4603 while (i_shdrpp
[i
]->bfd_section
!= m
->sections
[0])
4605 off
= (_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section
4606 (i_shdrpp
[i
], off
, TRUE
));
4607 p
->p_filesz
= m
->sections
[0]->size
;
4609 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4613 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4615 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4616 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4617 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4619 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4621 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4622 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4623 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4625 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4627 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4629 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4631 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4632 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4633 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4634 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4635 >= link_info
->relro_end
)
4639 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4640 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4642 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4643 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4644 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4645 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4646 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4648 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4652 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4653 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4659 /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
4660 for (; count
< alloc
; count
++, p
++)
4662 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4663 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4666 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4668 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4670 /* Write out the program headers. */
4671 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4672 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
) != 0)
4678 /* Get the size of the program header.
4680 If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
4681 can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
4682 happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
4683 SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
4684 data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
4686 ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
4687 will be two segments. */
4689 static bfd_size_type
4690 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
)
4694 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4696 /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
4697 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
!= 0)
4698 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
4700 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
!= NULL
)
4702 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4705 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4707 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4708 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
4711 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4712 and one for data. */
4715 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4716 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4718 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4719 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4720 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4725 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4727 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4731 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
4733 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4737 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4739 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4743 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4745 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4749 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4751 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4752 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
4754 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4759 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4761 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4763 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4769 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4770 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4774 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
);
4780 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4781 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
4784 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4785 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4786 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4788 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4789 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4790 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4791 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4792 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4793 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4794 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4796 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4799 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4800 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4802 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4803 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4805 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4807 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4808 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4810 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4811 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4812 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4815 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4816 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4818 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4819 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4820 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4821 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4823 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4826 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4827 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4828 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4829 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4830 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4832 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4835 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4837 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4839 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4840 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4846 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4847 assignment of sections to segments. */
4848 if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4851 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4854 /* Place the section headers. */
4855 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4856 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4857 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4859 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4865 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4867 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4868 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4869 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4870 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4871 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4873 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4874 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4876 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4877 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4880 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4882 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4883 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4884 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4885 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4887 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4888 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4889 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4890 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4892 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4893 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4894 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4895 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4896 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4897 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4899 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4901 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4903 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4904 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4907 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4908 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4909 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4910 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4911 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4912 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4913 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4914 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4916 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4919 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4920 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4922 /* No program header, for now. */
4923 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4924 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4925 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4927 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4928 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4929 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4931 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4932 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4933 /* It all happens later. */
4937 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4939 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4943 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4944 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4945 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4946 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4947 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4948 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4949 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4950 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4956 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4957 of the loadable file image. */
4960 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4963 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4964 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4966 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4968 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4969 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
4971 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
4974 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4975 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
4976 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
4979 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4983 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
4985 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4986 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
4987 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
4989 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
4991 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
4992 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
4995 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4996 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4999 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5003 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5005 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5006 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5007 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5009 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5010 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5011 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5013 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5015 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5016 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5019 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5020 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5023 /* Write out the section header names. */
5024 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5025 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5026 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5029 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5030 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5031 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5033 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5037 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5039 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5040 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5043 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5046 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5048 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5051 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5052 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5053 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5055 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5057 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5059 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5064 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5065 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5069 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5074 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5079 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5083 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5085 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5087 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5089 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5090 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5091 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5092 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5093 input sections rather than the output section. */
5094 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5095 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5096 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5100 if (asym_ptr
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5101 indx
= asym_ptr
->section
->output_section
->index
;
5103 indx
= asym_ptr
->section
->index
;
5104 if (indx
< elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5105 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5106 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5109 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5113 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5114 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5115 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5116 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5117 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5118 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5125 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5126 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5127 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5135 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5138 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5140 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5141 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5142 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5143 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5144 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5147 unsigned int num_segments
;
5148 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5149 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5150 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5151 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5152 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5154 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5155 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5158 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5160 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5161 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5163 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5164 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5165 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5166 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5168 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5169 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5170 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5171 ? section->size : 0)
5173 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5174 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5175 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5176 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5177 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5178 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5180 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5181 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5182 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5183 (section->lma >= base \
5184 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5185 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5187 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5188 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5189 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5190 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5191 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5192 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5193 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5194 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5196 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5197 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5198 p_memsz set to 0. */
5199 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5201 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5202 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5203 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5204 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5206 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5207 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5208 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5210 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5211 A section will be included if:
5212 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5213 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5214 2. It is an allocated segment,
5215 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5216 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5217 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5218 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5219 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5220 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5221 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5222 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5223 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5224 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5225 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5226 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5227 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5228 && section->output_section != NULL \
5229 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5230 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5231 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5232 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5233 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5234 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5235 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5236 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5237 || (segment->p_paddr \
5238 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5239 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5240 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5242 && ! section->segment_mark)
5244 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5245 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5246 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5248 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5249 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5250 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5251 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5252 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5254 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5255 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5256 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5257 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5258 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5260 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5261 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5262 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5264 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5265 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5266 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5267 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5268 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5273 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5275 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5276 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5277 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5279 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5280 assignment code will work. */
5281 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5285 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5288 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5289 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5291 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5293 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5294 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5297 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5298 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5300 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5303 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5304 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5306 if (extra_length
> 0)
5308 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5309 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5312 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5314 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5316 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5321 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5324 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5325 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5327 if (extra_length
> 0)
5329 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5330 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5333 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5338 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5339 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5343 unsigned int section_count
;
5344 asection
** sections
;
5345 asection
* output_section
;
5347 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5348 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5352 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5355 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5356 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5358 section
= section
->next
)
5359 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5362 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5363 all of the sections we have selected. */
5364 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5365 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5366 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5370 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5371 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5373 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5374 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5375 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5376 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5377 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5379 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5380 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5381 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5382 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5384 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5386 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5388 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5389 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5390 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5391 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5392 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5394 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5395 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5398 if (section_count
== 0)
5400 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5401 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5402 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5403 a warning is produced. */
5404 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5405 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5406 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5410 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5411 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5416 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5417 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5418 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5419 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5421 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5422 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5425 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5426 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5427 of the first section.
5429 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5430 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5431 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5432 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5433 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5435 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5436 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5437 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5438 or segments to contain the other sections.
5440 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5441 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5442 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5444 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5445 to work around this long long bug. */
5446 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5447 if (sections
== NULL
)
5450 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5451 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5452 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5453 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5454 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5460 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5462 section
= section
->next
)
5464 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5466 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5468 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5470 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5471 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5472 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5473 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5474 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5475 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5476 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5478 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5479 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5480 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5483 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5485 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5487 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5489 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5490 LMA address of the output section. */
5491 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5492 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5493 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5494 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5497 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5498 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5500 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5501 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5503 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5505 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5506 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5510 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5512 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5514 if (isec
== section_count
)
5516 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5517 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5518 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5519 program header in the input BFD. */
5520 map
->count
= section_count
;
5521 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5522 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5529 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5531 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5532 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5533 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5534 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5538 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5539 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5540 the LMA of the first section. */
5541 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5544 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5545 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5546 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5547 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5549 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5551 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5553 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5554 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5555 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5556 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5557 offset when we know the correct value. */
5558 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5559 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5563 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5564 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5565 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5566 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5567 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5568 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5576 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5577 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5579 section
= sections
[j
];
5581 if (section
== NULL
)
5584 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5586 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5588 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5589 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5591 if (map
->count
== 0)
5593 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5594 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5596 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5598 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5599 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5600 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5606 asection
* prev_sec
;
5608 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5610 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5611 and the start of this section is more than
5612 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5613 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5615 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5616 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5617 > output_section
->lma
))
5619 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5620 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5626 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5629 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5631 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5632 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5635 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5637 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5638 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5639 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5641 if (isec
< section_count
)
5643 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5644 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5645 and carry on looping. */
5646 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5647 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5648 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5655 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5656 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5657 not yet been assigned. */
5659 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5660 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5661 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5662 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5663 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5664 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5665 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5668 while (isec
< section_count
);
5673 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5674 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5675 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5676 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5677 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5678 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5681 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5682 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5684 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5686 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5687 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5688 the offset if necessary. */
5689 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5693 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5696 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5697 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5698 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5703 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5704 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5705 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5706 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5707 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5708 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5709 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5713 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5716 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5718 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5719 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5720 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5721 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5722 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5724 unsigned int num_segments
;
5725 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5727 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5730 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5732 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5733 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5738 unsigned int section_count
;
5740 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5742 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5743 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5746 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5747 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5749 section
= section
->next
)
5751 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5752 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5756 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5757 all of the sections we have selected. */
5758 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5759 if (section_count
!= 0)
5760 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5761 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5765 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5768 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5769 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5770 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5771 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5772 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5774 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5775 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5776 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5777 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5779 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5780 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5782 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5783 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5784 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5785 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5786 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5788 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5789 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5792 if (section_count
!= 0)
5794 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5796 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5798 section
= section
->next
)
5800 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5801 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5802 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5806 map
->count
= section_count
;
5807 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5808 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5811 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5815 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5819 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5821 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5822 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5825 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5828 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5830 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5831 header are changed. */
5832 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5833 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5834 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5837 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5838 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5839 section
= section
->next
)
5840 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5842 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5843 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5847 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5848 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5850 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5851 from the input BFD. */
5852 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5854 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5856 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5857 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5858 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5860 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5861 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5863 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5864 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5865 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5866 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5867 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5868 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5874 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5876 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5877 section
= section
->next
)
5879 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5882 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5885 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5889 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5892 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5895 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5899 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5902 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5903 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5905 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5906 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5909 /* FIXME: What if the output ELF section type has been set to
5910 something different? */
5911 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
)
5912 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
5914 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5915 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5916 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5917 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5921 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
5922 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5924 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
5925 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
5926 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
5927 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
5931 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5933 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5934 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5935 may be NULL at this point. */
5936 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
5938 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5939 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
5940 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
5943 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
5948 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5949 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5952 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5957 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5959 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5960 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5963 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5964 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5966 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
5968 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
5969 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
5970 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
5971 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
5972 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
5974 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
5978 /* Copy private header information. */
5981 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5983 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5984 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5987 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5988 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5989 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5990 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5991 already been worked out. */
5992 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
5994 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6001 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6002 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6003 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6004 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6005 swap_out_syms function. */
6007 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6008 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6009 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6010 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6011 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6014 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6019 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6021 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6022 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6025 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6026 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6030 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6034 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6035 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6036 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6037 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6038 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6039 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6041 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6042 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6043 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6044 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6045 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6051 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6054 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6055 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6058 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6061 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6062 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6064 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6065 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6066 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6069 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6071 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6074 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6075 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6079 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6080 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6081 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6082 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6083 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6084 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6085 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6086 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6088 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6089 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6091 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6092 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6094 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6097 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6099 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6100 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6101 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6103 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6104 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6105 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6106 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6108 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6112 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6113 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6114 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6115 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6116 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6119 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6121 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6122 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6128 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6129 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6130 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6131 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6132 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6136 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6137 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6139 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6140 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6142 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6143 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6144 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6145 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6148 if (!name_local_sections
6149 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6151 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6156 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6159 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6161 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6166 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6168 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6169 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6171 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6172 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6173 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6174 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6175 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6176 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6177 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6179 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6180 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6181 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6185 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6188 if (sec
->output_section
)
6190 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6191 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6194 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6195 if (! relocatable_p
)
6197 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6198 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6200 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6202 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6204 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6205 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6206 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6207 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6211 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6214 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6217 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6220 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6223 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6231 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6237 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6238 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6239 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6240 demand of applications. For example, it
6241 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6242 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6243 actually in the output file. */
6244 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6247 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6248 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6249 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6251 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6252 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6256 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6257 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6261 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6264 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6266 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6268 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6273 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6276 /* Processor-specific types. */
6277 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6278 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6279 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6280 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6282 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6284 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6285 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6287 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6289 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6290 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6291 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6292 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6296 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6297 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6300 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6302 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6304 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6306 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6309 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6312 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6313 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6317 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6318 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6319 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6320 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6324 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6325 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6327 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6328 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6329 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6330 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6331 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6332 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6337 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6339 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6340 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6341 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6344 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6348 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6350 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6351 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6353 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6359 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6363 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6365 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6367 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6371 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6372 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6374 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6380 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6383 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6386 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6389 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6396 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6398 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6401 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6402 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6403 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6407 return section
->reloc_count
;
6411 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6413 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6414 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6417 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6422 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6423 asymbol
**allocation
)
6425 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6426 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6429 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6433 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6434 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6435 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6436 dynamic reloc section. */
6439 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6444 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6446 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6450 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6451 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6452 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6453 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6454 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6455 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6456 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6457 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6462 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6463 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6464 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6465 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6466 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6467 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6468 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6471 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6475 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6479 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6481 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6485 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6487 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6489 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6490 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6491 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6492 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6497 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6499 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6501 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6512 /* Read in the version information. */
6515 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6517 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6518 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6520 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6522 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6523 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6524 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6526 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6528 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6530 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6531 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6532 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6535 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6537 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6538 if (contents
== NULL
)
6540 error_return_verref
:
6541 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6542 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6545 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6546 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6547 goto error_return_verref
;
6549 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6550 goto error_return_verref
;
6552 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6553 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6554 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6555 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6556 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6557 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6559 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6560 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6563 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6565 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6567 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6568 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6570 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6571 goto error_return_verref
;
6573 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6574 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6577 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6578 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6579 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6580 goto error_return_verref
;
6583 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6584 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6585 goto error_return_verref
;
6587 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6588 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6589 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6590 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6592 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6594 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6595 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6596 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6597 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6598 goto error_return_verref
;
6600 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6601 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6603 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6605 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6606 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6607 goto error_return_verref
;
6609 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6610 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6612 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6613 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6616 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6617 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6619 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6621 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6622 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6623 goto error_return_verref
;
6625 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6626 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6633 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6635 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6636 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6637 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6638 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6639 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6641 unsigned int maxidx
;
6642 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6644 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6646 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6647 if (contents
== NULL
)
6649 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6650 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6653 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6656 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6657 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6658 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6659 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6660 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6661 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6663 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6664 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6666 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6668 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6670 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6672 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6673 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6675 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6676 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6679 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6680 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6683 if (default_imported_symver
)
6685 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6690 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6691 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6692 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6695 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6697 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6698 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6699 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6701 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6702 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6705 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6707 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6709 error_return_verdef
:
6710 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6711 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6715 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6716 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6718 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6720 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6721 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6724 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6725 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6726 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6727 goto error_return_verdef
;
6731 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6732 goto error_return_verdef
;
6734 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6735 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6736 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6737 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6739 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6741 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6742 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6743 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6744 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6745 goto error_return_verdef
;
6747 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6748 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6750 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6752 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6753 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6754 goto error_return_verdef
;
6756 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6757 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6760 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6761 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6763 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6764 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6766 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6768 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6769 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6775 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6782 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6783 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6784 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6787 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6790 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6791 if (default_imported_symver
)
6793 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6794 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6796 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6798 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6799 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6800 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6801 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6803 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6805 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6806 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6807 goto error_return_verdef
;
6808 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6809 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6810 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6811 goto error_return_verdef
;
6813 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6814 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6815 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6821 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6827 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6829 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6830 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6832 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6837 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6838 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6843 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6847 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6850 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6851 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6855 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6858 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6859 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6862 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6863 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6864 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6867 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6868 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6869 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6870 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6871 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6872 we treat such symbols as local. */
6873 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
6880 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6881 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6888 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
6889 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
6890 unsigned long machine
)
6892 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6893 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6894 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
6895 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
6896 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
6899 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
6902 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6903 for error reporting. */
6906 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6910 const char **filename_ptr
,
6911 const char **functionname_ptr
)
6913 const char *filename
;
6914 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
6917 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6918 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6919 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6920 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6921 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6922 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6923 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6924 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6925 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
6931 state
= nothing_seen
;
6933 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6937 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
6939 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
6945 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
6946 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
6950 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
6951 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
6952 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
6954 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
6955 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
6958 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
6959 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
6960 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
6964 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
6965 state
= symbol_seen
;
6972 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
6973 if (functionname_ptr
)
6974 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
6979 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6980 for error reporting. */
6983 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
6987 const char **filename_ptr
,
6988 const char **functionname_ptr
,
6989 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
6993 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
6994 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
6997 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
6998 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
6999 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7005 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7006 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7008 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7010 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7011 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7012 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7018 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7019 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7020 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7021 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7023 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7026 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7029 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7030 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7037 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7040 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7041 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7043 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7044 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7045 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7048 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7049 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7050 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7051 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7052 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7055 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7056 const char **filename_ptr
,
7057 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7058 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7061 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7062 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7063 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7068 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean reloc
)
7072 ret
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7074 ret
+= get_program_header_size (abfd
);
7079 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7081 const void *location
,
7083 bfd_size_type count
)
7085 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7088 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7089 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7092 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7093 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7094 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7095 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7102 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7103 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7104 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7109 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7112 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7114 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7116 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7118 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7119 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7121 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7122 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7124 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7126 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7129 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7132 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7135 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7138 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7141 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7144 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7150 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7152 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7154 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7155 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7157 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7162 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7168 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7171 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7174 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7177 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7180 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7186 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7190 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7198 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7199 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7200 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7201 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7206 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7208 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7210 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7211 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7212 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7215 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7218 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7219 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7220 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7223 bfd_reloc_status_type
7224 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7225 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7226 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7227 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7228 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7230 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7233 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7234 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7235 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7236 out details about the corefile. */
7238 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7239 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7242 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7245 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7247 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7248 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7251 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7252 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7253 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7257 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7261 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7264 sect2
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
7268 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7269 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7270 sect2
->flags
= sect
->flags
;
7271 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7275 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7276 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7277 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7278 such a section already exists.
7279 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7280 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7281 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7283 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7289 char *threaded_name
;
7293 /* Build the section name. */
7295 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7296 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7297 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7298 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7300 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7302 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, threaded_name
);
7306 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7307 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7308 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7310 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7313 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7315 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7319 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7322 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7327 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7331 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7332 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7333 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7335 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7336 has already been set by another thread. */
7337 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7338 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7339 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7341 /* pr_who exists on:
7344 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7347 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7348 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7351 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7352 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7354 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7355 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7357 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7358 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7359 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7361 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7362 has already been set by another thread. */
7363 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7364 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7365 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7367 /* pr_who exists on:
7370 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7373 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7374 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7377 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7380 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7381 note size (ie. data object type). */
7385 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7386 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7387 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7389 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7391 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7393 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7395 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7397 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7398 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7401 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7402 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7403 data structure apart. */
7406 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7408 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7411 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7412 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7416 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7418 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7421 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7422 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7423 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7424 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7428 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7429 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7430 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7431 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7435 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7436 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7437 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7440 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7443 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7451 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7455 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7461 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7463 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7465 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7467 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7469 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7471 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7472 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7473 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7475 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7476 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7477 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7479 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7480 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7482 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7483 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7485 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7487 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7488 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7489 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7491 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7492 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7493 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7499 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7500 note size (ie. data object type). */
7504 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7505 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7506 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7509 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7510 int n
= strlen (command
);
7512 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7513 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7518 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7520 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7522 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7524 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7525 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7526 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7532 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7534 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7536 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7537 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7539 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7542 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7544 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7547 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7548 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7549 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7553 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7555 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7557 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7559 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7565 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7566 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7567 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7572 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7575 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7577 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7579 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7580 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7581 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7584 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7586 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7590 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7591 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7592 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7593 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7596 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7597 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7598 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7601 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7602 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7604 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7607 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7609 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7610 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7611 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7614 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7616 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7620 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7621 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7622 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7623 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7626 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7627 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7628 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7631 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7632 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7634 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7636 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7638 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7640 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7646 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7648 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7651 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7653 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7655 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7656 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7657 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7658 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7661 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7662 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7663 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7665 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7666 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7670 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7672 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7676 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7677 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7678 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7679 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7680 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7681 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7683 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7684 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7688 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7689 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7690 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7691 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7693 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7694 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7698 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7700 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7705 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7706 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7707 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7708 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7717 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7720 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7730 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7731 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7733 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7734 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7739 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7741 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7744 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7746 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7749 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7750 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7752 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7753 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7754 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7757 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7758 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7759 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7760 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7766 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7767 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7769 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7770 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7777 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, ".auxv");
7781 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7782 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7783 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7784 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7792 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7796 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7799 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7806 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7809 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7810 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7811 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7813 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7814 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7815 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7817 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7818 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7819 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7821 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7826 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7830 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7831 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7833 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7835 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7836 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7837 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7838 creates a core file. */
7840 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7843 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7844 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7845 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7848 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7852 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7854 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7855 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7857 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7858 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
7861 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
7862 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7864 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
7865 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7871 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7872 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7877 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
7878 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7880 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
7881 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7891 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, pid_t
*tid
)
7893 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
7900 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7901 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
7903 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7904 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
7906 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7907 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
7909 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7910 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
7912 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
7913 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7916 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7917 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7918 thread just in case. */
7919 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
7920 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7922 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7923 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", (long) *tid
);
7925 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7930 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7934 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7935 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7936 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7937 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7939 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
7943 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
7944 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
7952 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7953 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, (long) tid
);
7955 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7960 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7964 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7965 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7966 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7967 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7969 /* This is the current thread. */
7970 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
7971 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
7976 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7977 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7978 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7979 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7982 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7984 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7985 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7987 static pid_t tid
= 1;
7991 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
7992 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
7993 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
7994 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
7995 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
7996 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
7997 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
7998 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8004 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8011 size of data for note
8014 End of buffer containing note. */
8017 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8025 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8035 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8037 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8038 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8039 pad
= -namesz
& ((1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
) - 1);
8042 newspace
= 12 + namesz
+ pad
+ size
;
8044 p
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8046 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8047 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8048 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8049 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8050 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8054 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8062 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8066 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8068 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8075 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8077 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8079 note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8082 note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8085 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8086 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8087 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8088 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8089 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8091 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8093 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8095 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8103 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8105 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8106 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8107 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8108 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8109 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8110 note_name
, NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8112 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8114 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8116 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8123 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8124 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8126 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8127 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8128 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8129 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8130 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8131 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8133 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8134 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8136 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8137 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8140 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8141 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8143 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8145 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8147 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8151 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8152 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8155 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8157 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8158 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8159 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8160 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8163 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8166 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8172 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8173 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8174 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8178 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8181 const void *xfpregs
,
8184 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8185 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8186 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8190 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8198 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8201 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8205 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8213 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8215 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8216 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8217 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8219 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8221 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8222 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8224 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8225 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8226 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8228 if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
8230 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8233 else if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "QNX", 3) == 0)
8235 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8240 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8244 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8251 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8253 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8254 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8255 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8258 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8260 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8262 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8266 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8269 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8270 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8271 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8272 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8274 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8275 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8278 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8282 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8284 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8288 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8289 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8290 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8296 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8299 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8301 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8302 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8303 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8306 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8308 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8309 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8311 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8312 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8316 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8319 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8324 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8327 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8329 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8330 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8331 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8334 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8336 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8337 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8339 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8340 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8344 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8345 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8348 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8352 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8353 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8355 return reloc_class_normal
;
8358 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8359 relocation against a local symbol. */
8362 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8363 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8365 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8367 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8370 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8371 + sec
->output_offset
8373 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8374 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8375 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8378 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8379 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8380 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8383 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8384 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8385 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8386 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8387 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8388 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8389 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8392 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8393 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8399 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8400 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8404 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8406 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8407 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8409 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8410 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8411 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8415 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8416 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8420 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8422 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8423 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8425 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8426 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8432 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8433 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8434 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8435 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8436 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8437 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8439 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8440 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8441 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8442 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8443 the remote memory. */
8446 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8450 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8452 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8453 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8457 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8458 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8459 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8464 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8467 const char *relplt_name
;
8468 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8472 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8478 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8481 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8484 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8487 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8488 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8489 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8490 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8494 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8495 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8496 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8499 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8503 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8504 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8507 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8508 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8509 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8510 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8511 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8513 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8517 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8518 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8520 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8525 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8526 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8529 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8530 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8531 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8532 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8533 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8535 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8537 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8538 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8540 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8541 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8548 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8549 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8552 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8554 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
;
8555 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
;
8558 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8559 s1
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg1
;
8560 if (s1
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8562 s2
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg2
;
8563 if (s2
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8566 /* Sorted by section index. */
8567 shndx
= s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8571 /* Sorted by binding. */
8572 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1
->st_info
) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2
->st_info
);
8577 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8582 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8584 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8585 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8586 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8589 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8593 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
)
8596 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8597 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8598 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8599 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8600 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymstart1
= NULL
, *isymstart2
= NULL
, *isym
;
8601 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8602 struct elf_symbol
*symp
, *symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8603 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8610 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8612 if (strncmp (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8613 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8614 && strncmp (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8615 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8616 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8617 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8619 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8620 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8621 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8624 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8627 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8628 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8630 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8632 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8636 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8637 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8638 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8641 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8642 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8643 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8644 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8645 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8646 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8648 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8651 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8653 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8657 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
|| isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8660 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8662 qsort (isymbuf1
, symcount1
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8663 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8664 qsort (isymbuf2
, symcount2
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8665 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8667 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8669 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
;
8670 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8672 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8679 if (count1
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8684 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
;
8685 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8687 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8694 if (count2
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8698 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8701 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8702 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8704 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8708 for (isym
= isymstart1
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8709 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8712 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8719 for (isym
= isymstart2
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8720 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8723 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8729 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8730 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8731 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8732 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8733 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8735 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8736 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8737 if (symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_info
8738 || symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_other
8739 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8757 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8758 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8759 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8760 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON",
8763 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8766 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8767 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8771 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8772 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8775 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);